1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
7 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
8 <mark@codesourcery.com>
9 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
10 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
12 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
14 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
15 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
16 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
17 (at your option) any later version.
19 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
20 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
21 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
22 GNU General Public License for more details.
24 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
25 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
26 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
28 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
33 #include "libiberty.h"
35 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
40 #include "coff/symconst.h"
41 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
42 #include "coff/mips.h"
46 /* This structure is used to hold .got entries while estimating got
50 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
52 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
53 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
57 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
59 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
60 that should be added to the symbol value. */
62 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
63 corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if
65 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
68 /* The TLS types included in this GOT entry (specifically, GD and
69 IE). The GD and IE flags can be added as we encounter new
70 relocations. LDM can also be set; it will always be alone, not
71 combined with any GD or IE flags. An LDM GOT entry will be
72 a local symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
73 unsigned char tls_type
;
75 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
76 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
77 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
81 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
85 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
87 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
88 /* The number of global .got entries. */
89 unsigned int global_gotno
;
90 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
91 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
92 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
93 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
94 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
95 /* The number of local .got entries. */
96 unsigned int local_gotno
;
97 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
98 unsigned int assigned_gotno
;
99 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
100 struct htab
*got_entries
;
101 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
102 unless multi-got was necessary. */
103 struct htab
*bfd2got
;
104 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
105 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
106 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
107 /* This is the GOT index of the TLS LDM entry for the GOT, MINUS_ONE
108 for none, or MINUS_TWO for not yet assigned. This is needed
109 because a single-GOT link may have multiple hash table entries
110 for the LDM. It does not get initialized in multi-GOT mode. */
111 bfd_vma tls_ldm_offset
;
114 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
116 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
{
118 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
121 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
122 create and merge bfd's gots. */
124 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
126 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
128 /* The output bfd. */
130 /* The link information. */
131 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
132 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
133 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
135 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
136 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
138 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
139 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
141 unsigned int max_count
;
142 /* The number of local and global entries in the primary got. */
143 unsigned int primary_count
;
144 /* The number of local and global entries in the current got. */
145 unsigned int current_count
;
146 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
147 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
148 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
150 unsigned int global_count
;
153 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
155 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
157 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
159 unsigned int needed_relocs
;
160 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
163 /* A structure used to count TLS relocations or GOT entries, for GOT
164 entry or ELF symbol table traversal. */
166 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
168 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
172 struct _mips_elf_section_data
174 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
177 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
182 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
183 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
185 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
186 the dynamic symbols. */
188 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
190 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
192 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
193 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
194 symbol with a GOT entry. */
195 long min_got_dynindx
;
196 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
197 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
198 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
199 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
200 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
201 symbol without a GOT entry. */
202 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
205 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
206 the global hash table. */
208 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
210 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
212 /* External symbol information. */
215 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
217 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
219 /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against
220 a readonly section. */
221 bfd_boolean readonly_reloc
;
223 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
224 related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but
225 R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition",
227 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
;
229 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
230 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
233 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears
234 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
235 bfd_boolean need_fn_stub
;
237 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
238 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
241 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
242 being called returns a floating point value. */
243 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
245 /* Are we forced local? This will only be set if we have converted
246 the initial global GOT entry to a local GOT entry. */
247 bfd_boolean forced_local
;
251 #define GOT_TLS_LDM 2
253 #define GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE 0x40
254 #define GOT_TLS_DONE 0x80
255 unsigned char tls_type
;
256 /* This is only used in single-GOT mode; in multi-GOT mode there
257 is one mips_got_entry per GOT entry, so the offset is stored
258 there. In single-GOT mode there may be many mips_got_entry
259 structures all referring to the same GOT slot. It might be
260 possible to use root.got.offset instead, but that field is
261 overloaded already. */
262 bfd_vma tls_got_offset
;
265 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
267 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
269 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
271 /* We no longer use this. */
272 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
273 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex
[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
];
275 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
276 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
277 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
278 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
279 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
280 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
281 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
282 /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
284 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
285 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
288 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
289 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
290 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
291 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
292 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
293 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
294 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
295 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
296 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
297 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
298 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
299 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
300 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
301 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
303 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
308 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
309 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
310 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
314 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
316 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
319 "_procedure_string_table",
320 "_procedure_table_size",
324 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
329 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
330 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
331 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
332 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
333 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
334 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
343 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
344 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
345 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
349 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
350 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
351 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
352 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
353 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
354 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
359 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
360 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
361 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
362 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
363 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
371 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
377 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
379 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
381 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
382 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
383 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
384 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
385 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
386 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
387 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
388 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
390 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
391 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
392 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
393 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
394 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
396 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
397 has different meaning for each type:
400 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
401 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
402 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
403 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
406 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
407 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
408 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
409 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
411 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
412 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
413 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
414 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
416 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
417 loader for use by the static exception system. */
419 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
420 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
421 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
422 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
423 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
424 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
425 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
426 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
427 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
428 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
430 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
432 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
433 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
435 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
436 (bfd
*, bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long,
437 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
438 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
439 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
440 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
442 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_stub_section_p
444 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
445 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
446 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
447 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
448 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
450 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
451 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
452 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
453 (struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
455 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
456 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
458 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
460 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
461 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
463 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
464 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
465 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
467 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
468 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
470 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
471 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
472 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
474 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
475 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
476 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
478 /* The name of the options section. */
479 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
480 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
482 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
483 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
484 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
485 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
487 /* The name of the stub section. */
488 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
490 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
491 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
492 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
494 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
495 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
496 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
498 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
499 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
500 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
502 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
503 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
504 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
506 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
507 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
508 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
510 /* Get word-sized data. */
511 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
512 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
514 /* Put out word-sized data. */
515 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
517 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
518 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
520 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
521 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
522 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
524 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
525 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
527 /* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL
528 (zero) or RELA (non-zero). The assumption is that, if there are
529 two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and
530 the other is RELA. If the index of the relocation we're testing is
531 in range for the first relocation section, check that the external
532 relocation size is that for RELA. It is also assumed that, if
533 rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first
534 section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second
535 section, that is RELA. */
536 #define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx) \
537 ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr) \
538 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel \
539 > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx)) \
540 == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize \
541 == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) \
542 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))))
544 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
545 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
546 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
547 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
549 /* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */
550 #define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (2)
552 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
553 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) (0x7ff0)
555 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
557 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(abfd) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) + 0x7fff)
559 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
560 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
562 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
563 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
564 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
566 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
567 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
568 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
569 #define STUB_LI16(abfd) \
571 ? 0x64180000 /* daddiu t8,zero,0 */ \
572 : 0x24180000)) /* addiu t8,zero,0 */
573 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE (16)
575 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
578 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
579 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
580 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
581 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
584 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
585 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
586 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
587 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
588 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
589 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
590 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
591 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
593 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
594 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
596 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
598 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
599 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
602 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
603 floating point arguments.
605 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
606 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
607 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
608 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
609 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
610 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
611 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
612 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
614 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
615 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
616 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
617 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
618 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
619 stub should be discarded.
621 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
622 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
623 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
624 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
625 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
626 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
627 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
630 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
631 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
632 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
634 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
636 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
637 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
638 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
640 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
642 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
643 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
644 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
647 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
649 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
650 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
652 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
655 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
657 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
658 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
660 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
661 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
663 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
664 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
667 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
669 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
670 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
672 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
676 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
678 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
679 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
681 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
684 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
686 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
687 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
688 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
690 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
691 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
693 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
696 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
698 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
700 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
701 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
702 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
706 /* Set local fields. */
707 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
708 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
709 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
711 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
712 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
713 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
715 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
716 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
717 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
718 ret
->forced_local
= FALSE
;
719 ret
->tls_type
= GOT_NORMAL
;
722 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
726 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
728 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
729 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
731 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
734 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
736 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
739 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
740 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
743 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
744 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
747 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
750 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
751 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
753 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
754 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
757 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
758 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
761 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
762 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
764 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
766 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
767 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
771 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
772 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
773 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
775 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
776 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
780 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
781 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
782 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
783 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
784 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
785 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
787 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
788 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
789 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
790 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
791 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
801 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
803 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
804 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
805 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
806 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
807 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
808 free (debug
->external_sym
);
809 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
810 free (debug
->external_opt
);
811 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
812 free (debug
->external_aux
);
813 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
815 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
817 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
818 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
819 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
820 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
821 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
822 free (debug
->external_ext
);
826 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
829 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
831 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
832 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
833 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
834 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
835 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
836 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
838 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
839 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
841 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
844 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
847 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
848 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
849 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
851 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
852 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
854 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
856 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
857 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
862 unsigned long sindex
;
866 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
874 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
876 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
880 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
882 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
886 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
889 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
890 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
894 size
= sizeof (char *);
895 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
899 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
900 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
901 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
905 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
909 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
912 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
916 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
918 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
919 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
921 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
922 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
923 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
924 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
925 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
926 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
927 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
929 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
930 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
934 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
935 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
936 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
939 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
943 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
946 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
948 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
949 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
950 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
951 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
953 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
955 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
957 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
959 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
961 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
963 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
964 matters, but someday it might). */
965 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
994 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
998 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
999 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1001 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1002 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1004 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1005 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1007 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1008 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1009 being included in the link. */
1010 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1011 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1012 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1013 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1016 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1017 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1019 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1020 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1021 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1022 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1023 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1024 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1025 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1028 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1029 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1031 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1032 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1033 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1034 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1035 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1036 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1037 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1043 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
1044 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
1047 The format of these instructions is:
1049 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1050 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
1051 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1053 +-----------------------------------------------+
1055 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
1056 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
1058 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
1059 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
1060 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
1061 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
1062 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
1063 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
1064 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
1065 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
1066 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
1067 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
1070 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
1071 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
1072 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
1073 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
1074 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
1075 value as two 16-bit values.
1077 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
1081 +--------+----------------------+
1085 +--------+----------------------+
1088 +----------+------+-------------+
1092 +----------+--------------------+
1093 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
1094 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
1096 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
1097 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1098 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
1099 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1100 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
1102 R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16
1103 mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this:
1105 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1106 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
1107 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1108 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
1109 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1111 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
1114 This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the
1115 addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that
1116 is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field.
1118 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As
1119 above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
1120 little-endian system.
1122 R_MIPS16_HI16 and R_MIPS16_LO16 are used in mips16 mode to
1123 access data when neither GP-relative nor PC-relative addressing
1124 can be used. They are handled like R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16,
1125 except that the addend is retrieved and stored as shown above
1129 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
1130 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
1132 bfd_vma extend
, insn
, val
;
1134 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_GPREL
1135 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_LO16
)
1138 /* Pick up the mips16 extend instruction and the real instruction. */
1139 extend
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
1140 insn
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
1141 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
1144 val
= ((extend
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((extend
& 0x3e0) << 11)
1145 | ((extend
& 0x1f) << 21) | insn
;
1147 val
= extend
<< 16 | insn
;
1150 val
= ((extend
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((insn
& 0xffe0) << 11)
1151 | ((extend
& 0x1f) << 11) | (extend
& 0x7e0) | (insn
& 0x1f);
1152 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
1156 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
1157 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
1159 bfd_vma extend
, insn
, val
;
1161 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_GPREL
1162 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_LO16
)
1165 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
1166 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
1170 insn
= val
& 0xffff;
1171 extend
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
1172 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
1176 insn
= val
& 0xffff;
1182 insn
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
1183 extend
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
1185 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, insn
, data
+ 2);
1186 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, extend
, data
);
1189 bfd_reloc_status_type
1190 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1191 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
1192 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
1196 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
1198 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1201 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
1203 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1204 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1206 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1207 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1209 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
1210 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1212 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
1214 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
1215 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
1216 an external symbol. */
1218 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1219 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
1221 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1223 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
1225 + reloc_entry
->address
);
1226 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1230 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
1233 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1235 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1238 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
1239 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
1240 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
1245 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
1247 asection
*input_section
;
1251 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
1253 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
1255 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
1256 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
1257 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
1259 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
1260 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
1261 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
1262 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
1264 bfd_reloc_status_type
1265 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1266 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
1267 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1268 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1270 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
1272 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1273 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1275 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
1277 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1279 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
1281 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
1282 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
1285 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1286 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1288 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1291 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations. This is just
1292 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
1293 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
1295 bfd_reloc_status_type
1296 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1297 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1298 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1300 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
1301 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
1302 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
1303 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
1304 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1305 input_section
, output_bfd
,
1308 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1309 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1312 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
1313 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
1314 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
1316 bfd_reloc_status_type
1317 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1318 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1319 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1322 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
1324 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1325 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1327 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1329 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
1330 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1333 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
1335 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
1336 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
1338 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
1340 /* R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
1341 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS_HI16
1342 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
1343 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
1344 has a rightshift of 0. */
1345 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
1346 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
1348 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
1349 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
1350 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
1352 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
1353 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
1355 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1358 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
1362 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1363 input_section
, output_bfd
,
1367 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
1368 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
1369 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
1371 bfd_reloc_status_type
1372 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1373 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1374 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1375 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1378 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
1379 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
1381 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
1383 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1384 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1386 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
1388 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1390 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
1391 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
1392 offset or address. */
1393 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1394 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1399 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
1400 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
1401 val
+= symbol
->value
;
1402 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
1404 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
1405 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
1406 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
1410 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
1411 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
1412 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
1413 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
1414 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1415 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
1418 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
1420 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
1421 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1423 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
1424 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1426 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
1428 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1431 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1436 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1438 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1441 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
1442 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
1445 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
1448 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1449 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1453 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
1454 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
1456 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1457 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1461 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
1462 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
1464 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
1465 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
1466 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
1467 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
1468 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
1469 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
1473 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
1474 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
1478 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
1479 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
1480 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
1481 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
1482 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
1483 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
1484 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
1487 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
1488 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
1489 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
1492 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
1495 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1496 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1497 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1498 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1499 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1500 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1504 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
1505 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
1507 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1508 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1509 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1510 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1511 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1512 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1515 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
1516 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
1517 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
1518 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
1519 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
1522 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
1523 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
1525 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1526 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1527 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1528 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1529 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1530 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1531 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1535 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
1536 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
1538 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1539 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1540 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1541 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1542 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1543 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1544 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1547 /* Swap in an options header. */
1550 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
1551 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
1553 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
1554 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
1555 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
1556 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
1559 /* Swap out an options header. */
1562 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
1563 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
1565 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
1566 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
1567 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
1568 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
1571 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
1572 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
1575 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
1577 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
1578 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
1580 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
1581 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
1583 return ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
1586 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
1589 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1590 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1593 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
1594 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
1596 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1597 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
1598 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1599 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
1601 return (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
)
1602 - ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
));
1609 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
1610 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
1611 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
1612 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
1613 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
1614 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
1615 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
1616 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
1617 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
1618 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
1619 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
1620 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
1621 when generating a final executable. */
1624 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1626 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
1628 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
1630 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1631 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1633 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
1635 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
1636 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
1637 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1638 && !h
->root
.def_regular
1639 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
1641 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
1642 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
1643 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
1644 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1645 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
1653 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
1656 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
1657 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
1658 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
1659 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
1660 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1661 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
1663 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
1664 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
1668 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
1670 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
1671 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
1672 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
1674 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1675 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1676 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1678 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
1680 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1681 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1682 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
1683 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
1685 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
1687 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1688 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1689 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
1692 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1694 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1695 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1696 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1701 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1702 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1704 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
1705 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
1706 if (output_section
== NULL
)
1707 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1710 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
1712 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
1713 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
1714 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
1715 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1716 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
1717 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
1718 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
1719 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
1720 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
1721 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
1722 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1723 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
1724 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1725 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
1726 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
1727 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
1728 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
1730 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1734 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
1735 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
1738 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1739 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
1740 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1741 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1743 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
1744 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1745 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
1746 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1748 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1749 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1750 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1751 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1752 + sec
->output_offset
1753 + output_section
->vma
);
1755 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1757 else if (h
->root
.needs_plt
)
1759 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
1760 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
= h
->no_fn_stub
;
1762 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1764 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1765 no_fn_stub
= no_fn_stub
|| hd
->no_fn_stub
;
1770 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
1771 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
1772 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1774 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1777 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1778 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1779 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.offset
1780 + sec
->output_offset
1781 + output_section
->vma
);
1783 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1788 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
1789 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1792 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1799 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
1802 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
1804 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
1805 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
1807 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
1810 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
1812 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
1815 static INLINE hashval_t
1816 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
1819 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
1825 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
1826 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
1830 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
1832 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1834 return entry
->symndx
1835 + ((entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 17)
1836 + (! entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1838 + (entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)
1839 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
1843 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
1845 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1846 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
1848 /* An LDM entry can only match another LDM entry. */
1849 if ((e1
->tls_type
^ e2
->tls_type
) & GOT_TLS_LDM
)
1852 return e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
1853 && (! e1
->abfd
? e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
1854 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
1855 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
1858 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
1859 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
1860 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
1864 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
1866 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1868 return entry
->symndx
1870 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1871 : entry
->symndx
>= 0
1872 ? ((entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
1873 ? (GOT_TLS_LDM
<< 17)
1875 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)))
1876 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
);
1880 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
1882 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1883 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
1885 /* Any two LDM entries match. */
1886 if (e1
->tls_type
& e2
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
1889 /* Nothing else matches an LDM entry. */
1890 if ((e1
->tls_type
^ e2
->tls_type
) & GOT_TLS_LDM
)
1893 return e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
1894 && (e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
1895 : e1
->abfd
== NULL
|| e2
->abfd
== NULL
1896 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
1897 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
1900 /* Returns the dynamic relocation section for DYNOBJ. */
1903 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (bfd
*dynobj
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
1905 static const char dname
[] = ".rel.dyn";
1908 sreloc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, dname
);
1909 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
1911 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
1916 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
1919 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
1920 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
1926 /* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */
1929 mips_elf_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean maybe_excluded
)
1931 asection
*sgot
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
1933 || (! maybe_excluded
&& (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0))
1938 /* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by
1939 INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT
1942 static struct mips_got_info
*
1943 mips_elf_got_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
**sgotp
)
1946 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1948 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
1949 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
1950 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
1951 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
1952 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
1955 *sgotp
= (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0 ? sgot
: NULL
;
1960 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
1961 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
1965 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
1966 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1970 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
1971 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
1973 if (h
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, h
)
1974 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
1977 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
1979 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
1980 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
1986 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
1993 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
1996 if ((tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
) && info
->shared
)
2002 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the GOT entry in
2003 ARG1, if it describes a local symbol. */
2006 mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs (void **arg1
, void *arg2
)
2008 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= * (struct mips_got_entry
**) arg1
;
2009 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2011 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
!= -1)
2012 arg
->needed
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, entry
->tls_type
, NULL
);
2017 /* Count the number of TLS GOT entries required for the global (or
2018 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2021 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries (void *arg1
, void *arg2
)
2023 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2024 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) arg1
;
2025 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2027 if (hm
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2029 if (hm
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2035 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the global (or
2036 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2039 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs (void *arg1
, void *arg2
)
2041 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2042 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) arg1
;
2043 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2045 arg
->needed
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, hm
->tls_type
, &hm
->root
);
2050 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
2053 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2059 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
2061 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
2063 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
2064 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
2066 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
2068 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
2069 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
2071 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
2074 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
2075 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
2077 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
2078 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
2081 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
2084 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma got_offset
,
2085 unsigned char *tls_type_p
,
2086 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2087 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2091 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
2092 bfd_vma offset
, offset2
;
2094 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
2096 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2097 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
2102 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
2104 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, &h
->root
)
2105 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
2106 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
2109 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_DONE
)
2112 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
2114 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2115 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
2118 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
2119 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
2120 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
2121 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
2122 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
2124 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
2125 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
2127 /* General Dynamic. */
2128 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2130 offset
= got_offset
;
2131 offset2
= offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2135 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2136 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2137 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
2138 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset
);
2141 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2142 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2143 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
2144 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset2
);
2146 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
2147 sgot
->contents
+ offset2
);
2151 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
2152 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2153 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
2154 sgot
->contents
+ offset2
);
2157 got_offset
+= 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2160 /* Initial Exec model. */
2161 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2163 offset
= got_offset
;
2168 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
2169 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2171 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
2172 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2174 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2175 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2176 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
2177 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset
);
2180 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
2181 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2184 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2186 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
2187 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
2188 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
2189 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
2190 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
2193 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
2194 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
2196 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2197 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2198 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
2199 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
2202 *tls_type_p
|= GOT_TLS_DONE
;
2205 /* Return the GOT index to use for a relocation of type R_TYPE against
2206 a symbol accessed using TLS_TYPE models. The GOT entries for this
2207 symbol in this GOT start at GOT_INDEX. This function initializes the
2208 GOT entries and corresponding relocations. */
2211 mips_tls_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma got_index
, unsigned char *tls_type
,
2212 int r_type
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2213 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, bfd_vma symbol
)
2215 BFD_ASSERT (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2216 || r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2218 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, got_index
, tls_type
, info
, h
, symbol
);
2220 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
)
2222 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
);
2223 if (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2224 return got_index
+ 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2229 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
)
2231 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
);
2235 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
2237 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
);
2244 /* Returns the GOT offset at which the indicated address can be found.
2245 If there is not yet a GOT entry for this value, create one. If
2246 R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS GOT entry instead.
2247 Returns -1 if no satisfactory GOT offset can be found. */
2250 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2251 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
2252 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
2255 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2256 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
2258 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
2260 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
, value
,
2261 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
2265 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2266 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, entry
->gotidx
, &entry
->tls_type
, r_type
,
2269 return entry
->gotidx
;
2272 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
2275 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2276 int r_type
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2280 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
2281 long global_got_dynindx
= 0;
2283 gg
= g
= mips_elf_got_info (abfd
, &sgot
);
2284 if (g
->bfd2got
&& ibfd
)
2286 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
2288 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= 0);
2290 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
2291 if (g
->next
!= gg
|| TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2295 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
2298 p
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
);
2300 BFD_ASSERT (p
->gotidx
> 0);
2302 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2304 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
2305 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2306 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2307 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
2308 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
2309 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
2310 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
2312 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, p
->gotidx
, &p
->tls_type
, r_type
,
2313 info
, e
.d
.h
, value
);
2320 if (gg
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
2321 global_got_dynindx
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
2323 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2325 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2326 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2327 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
2329 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2330 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2331 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
2332 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
2333 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
2334 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
2336 index
= mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, hm
->tls_got_offset
, &hm
->tls_type
,
2337 r_type
, info
, hm
, value
);
2341 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
2342 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
2343 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
2345 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
2346 index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
2347 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
2349 BFD_ASSERT (index
< sgot
->size
);
2354 /* Find a GOT entry that is within 32KB of the VALUE. These entries
2355 are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
2356 within 32KB of GP. Return the index into the GOT for this page,
2357 and store the offset from this entry to the desired address in
2358 OFFSETP, if it is non-NULL. */
2361 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2362 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
2365 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2367 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
2369 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
2371 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
2373 & (~(bfd_vma
)0xffff), 0,
2374 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
2379 index
= entry
->gotidx
;
2382 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
2387 /* Find a GOT entry whose higher-order 16 bits are the same as those
2388 for value. Return the index into the GOT for this entry. */
2391 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2392 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
2395 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2396 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
2400 /* Although the ABI says that it is "the high-order 16 bits" that we
2401 want, it is really the %high value. The complete value is
2402 calculated with a `addiu' of a LO16 relocation, just as with a
2404 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
2407 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
2409 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
, value
, 0, NULL
,
2412 return entry
->gotidx
;
2417 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
2421 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (bfd
*dynobj
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2422 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma index
)
2426 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2428 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
2429 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
2430 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, g
, input_bfd
);
2432 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ index
- gp
;
2435 /* Create a local GOT entry for VALUE. Return the index of the entry,
2436 or -1 if it could not be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
2437 create a TLS entry instead. */
2439 static struct mips_got_entry
*
2440 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
,
2441 struct mips_got_info
*gg
,
2442 asection
*sgot
, bfd_vma value
,
2443 unsigned long r_symndx
,
2444 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2447 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2448 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2452 entry
.d
.address
= value
;
2455 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, ibfd
);
2458 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, abfd
);
2459 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
2462 /* We might have a symbol, H, if it has been forced local. Use the
2463 global entry then. It doesn't matter whether an entry is local
2464 or global for TLS, since the dynamic linker does not
2465 automatically relocate TLS GOT entries. */
2466 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->root
.forced_local
);
2467 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2469 struct mips_got_entry
*p
;
2472 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
2474 entry
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_LDM
;
2480 entry
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
2486 p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)
2487 htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &entry
);
2493 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
2498 entry
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_gotno
++;
2501 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2506 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2508 if (g
->assigned_gotno
>= g
->local_gotno
)
2510 (*loc
)->gotidx
= -1;
2511 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
2512 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2513 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
2514 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2518 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
,
2519 (sgot
->contents
+ entry
.gotidx
));
2524 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
2525 appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space
2526 required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols
2527 known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During
2528 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the
2529 section symbols are added and the count is higher. */
2532 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned long max_local
)
2534 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
2535 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2538 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2540 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
2543 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
=
2544 hsd
.min_got_dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
2545 /* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info
2546 indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the
2547 primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are
2548 dynamic relocations that reference it. Since they aren't
2549 referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they
2550 don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting
2551 too large offsets. */
2552 - (g
->next
? g
->assigned_gotno
: 0);
2553 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= max_local
;
2554 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
2555 elf_hash_table (info
)),
2556 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
2559 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
2560 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
2561 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
2562 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
2563 <= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
2565 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
2566 table index in the GOT. */
2567 g
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
2572 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
2573 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
2577 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2579 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
2581 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2582 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2584 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
2586 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
2589 /* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly
2590 referenced are marked with got offset 2. Those that are
2591 referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get
2593 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
2595 BFD_ASSERT (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
);
2597 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
2598 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2599 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
2601 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
!= 1)
2602 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
2605 BFD_ASSERT (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
);
2607 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
2608 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2614 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
2615 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
2619 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2620 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2621 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
2622 unsigned char tls_flag
)
2624 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2626 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
2628 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2630 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2634 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2637 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
2643 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2646 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
2649 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
2650 need to do it again. */
2653 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
2657 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2663 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
2665 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2667 if (h
->got
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
2670 /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that
2671 there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the
2672 generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */
2679 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
2680 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
2683 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
2684 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
2685 unsigned char tls_flag
)
2687 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2690 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
2691 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
2692 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
2693 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**)
2694 htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
, INSERT
);
2698 if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_GD
&& !((*loc
)->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
))
2701 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
2703 else if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_IE
&& !((*loc
)->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
))
2706 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
2714 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
2715 if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_IE
)
2717 else if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_GD
)
2719 else if (g
->tls_ldm_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
2721 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_TWO
;
2727 entry
.gotidx
= g
->local_gotno
++;
2731 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2736 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2741 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
2744 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2746 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*entry
2747 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry_
;
2749 return entry
->bfd
->id
;
2752 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
2755 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
2757 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e1
2758 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry1
;
2759 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e2
2760 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry2
;
2762 return e1
->bfd
== e2
->bfd
;
2765 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBDF. G must
2766 be the master GOT data. */
2768 static struct mips_got_info
*
2769 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
2771 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e
, *p
;
2777 p
= htab_find (g
->bfd2got
, &e
);
2778 return p
? p
->g
: NULL
;
2781 /* Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
2782 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
2786 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp
, void *p
)
2788 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2789 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
2790 htab_t bfd2got
= arg
->bfd2got
;
2791 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2792 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry
, *bfdgot
;
2795 /* Find the got_info for this GOT entry's input bfd. Create one if
2797 bfdgot_entry
.bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
2798 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (bfd2got
, &bfdgot_entry
, INSERT
);
2799 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfdgotp
;
2805 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
2806 (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
2816 bfdgot
->bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
2817 bfdgot
->g
= g
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
2818 bfd_alloc (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
2825 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
2826 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
2828 g
->assigned_gotno
= -1;
2830 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= 0;
2831 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
2832 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
2833 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
2834 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2844 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
2845 entryp
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
2846 if (*entryp
!= NULL
)
2851 if (entry
->tls_type
)
2853 if (entry
->tls_type
& (GOT_TLS_GD
| GOT_TLS_LDM
))
2855 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2858 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->forced_local
)
2866 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
2867 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
2868 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
2869 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
2870 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
2871 and then make make the new got current. */
2874 mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_
, void *p
)
2876 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfd2got
2877 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfd2got_
;
2878 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
2879 unsigned int lcount
= bfd2got
->g
->local_gotno
;
2880 unsigned int gcount
= bfd2got
->g
->global_gotno
;
2881 unsigned int tcount
= bfd2got
->g
->tls_gotno
;
2882 unsigned int maxcnt
= arg
->max_count
;
2883 bfd_boolean too_many_for_tls
= FALSE
;
2885 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
2886 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
2887 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
2888 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
2891 unsigned int primary_total
= lcount
+ tcount
+ arg
->global_count
;
2892 if (primary_total
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (bfd2got
->bfd
)
2893 >= MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (bfd2got
->bfd
))
2894 too_many_for_tls
= TRUE
;
2897 /* If we don't have a primary GOT and this is not too big, use it as
2898 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
2899 if (! arg
->primary
&& lcount
+ gcount
+ tcount
<= maxcnt
2900 && ! too_many_for_tls
)
2902 arg
->primary
= bfd2got
->g
;
2903 arg
->primary_count
= lcount
+ gcount
;
2905 /* If it looks like we can merge this bfd's entries with those of
2906 the primary, merge them. The heuristics is conservative, but we
2907 don't have to squeeze it too hard. */
2908 else if (arg
->primary
&& ! too_many_for_tls
2909 && (arg
->primary_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
+ tcount
) <= maxcnt
)
2911 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
2912 int old_lcount
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
;
2913 int old_gcount
= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
;
2914 int old_tcount
= arg
->primary
->tls_gotno
;
2916 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->primary
;
2918 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
2919 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
2921 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
2924 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
2925 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
2926 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
2929 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
>= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
);
2930 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
);
2931 BFD_ASSERT (old_tcount
+ tcount
>= arg
->primary
->tls_gotno
);
2933 arg
->primary_count
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
2934 + arg
->primary
->global_gotno
+ arg
->primary
->tls_gotno
;
2936 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
2937 else if (arg
->current
2938 && arg
->current_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
+ tcount
<= maxcnt
)
2940 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
2941 int old_lcount
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
;
2942 int old_gcount
= arg
->current
->global_gotno
;
2943 int old_tcount
= arg
->current
->tls_gotno
;
2945 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->current
;
2947 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
2948 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
2950 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
2953 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
2955 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
>= arg
->current
->local_gotno
);
2956 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->current
->global_gotno
);
2957 BFD_ASSERT (old_tcount
+ tcount
>= arg
->current
->tls_gotno
);
2959 arg
->current_count
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
2960 + arg
->current
->global_gotno
+ arg
->current
->tls_gotno
;
2962 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
2963 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
2964 overflows anyway. */
2967 bfd2got
->g
->next
= arg
->current
;
2968 arg
->current
= bfd2got
->g
;
2970 arg
->current_count
= lcount
+ gcount
+ 2 * tcount
;
2976 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. */
2979 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *p
)
2981 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2982 struct mips_got_info
*g
= p
;
2984 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
2985 if (entry
->tls_type
== 0)
2988 if (entry
->symndx
== -1)
2990 /* There may be multiple mips_got_entry structs for a global variable
2991 if there is just one GOT. Just do this once. */
2992 if (g
->next
== NULL
)
2994 if (entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE
)
2996 entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
|= GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE
;
2999 else if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
3001 /* Similarly, there may be multiple structs for the LDM entry. */
3002 if (g
->tls_ldm_offset
!= MINUS_TWO
&& g
->tls_ldm_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
3004 entry
->gotidx
= g
->tls_ldm_offset
;
3009 /* Initialize the GOT offset. */
3010 entry
->gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (entry
->abfd
) * (long) g
->tls_assigned_gotno
;
3011 if (g
->next
== NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
3012 entry
->d
.h
->tls_got_offset
= entry
->gotidx
;
3014 if (entry
->tls_type
& (GOT_TLS_GD
| GOT_TLS_LDM
))
3015 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= 2;
3016 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
3017 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= 1;
3019 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
3020 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= entry
->gotidx
;
3025 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
3026 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
3027 got) to the given VALUE.
3029 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
3030 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
3031 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
3032 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
3033 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
3034 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
3035 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
3036 marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
3039 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp
, void *p
)
3041 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3042 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*arg
3043 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*)p
;
3044 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
3046 if (g
&& entry
->tls_type
!= GOT_NORMAL
)
3047 arg
->needed_relocs
+=
3048 mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, entry
->tls_type
,
3049 entry
->symndx
== -1 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
3051 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1
3052 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1
3053 && entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
)
3057 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
);
3059 entry
->gotidx
= arg
->value
* (long) g
->assigned_gotno
++;
3060 if (arg
->info
->shared
3061 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3062 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
3063 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
3064 ++arg
->needed_relocs
;
3067 entry
->d
.h
->root
.got
.offset
= arg
->value
;
3073 /* Mark any global symbols referenced in the GOT we are iterating over
3074 as inelligible for lazy resolution stubs. */
3076 mips_elf_set_no_stub (void **entryp
, void *p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3078 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3080 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
3081 && entry
->symndx
== -1
3082 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
3083 entry
->d
.h
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
3088 /* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry
3089 points to the final symbol definition. P must point to a pointer
3090 to the hash table we're traversing. Since this traversal may
3091 modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate
3092 we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so
3093 the traversal must be restarted. */
3095 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *p
)
3097 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3098 htab_t got_entries
= *(htab_t
*)p
;
3100 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
3102 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= entry
->d
.h
;
3104 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3105 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3106 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3108 if (entry
->d
.h
== h
)
3113 /* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert
3114 it, and get the traversal restarted. */
3115 if (! htab_find (got_entries
, entry
))
3117 htab_clear_slot (got_entries
, entryp
);
3118 entryp
= htab_find_slot (got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
3121 /* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have
3122 moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the
3124 *(htab_t
*)p
= NULL
;
3127 /* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's
3128 either too early or too late for that at this point. */
3134 /* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final
3137 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3143 got_entries
= g
->got_entries
;
3145 htab_traverse (got_entries
,
3146 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
,
3149 while (got_entries
== NULL
);
3152 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
3155 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
3157 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
3160 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
3164 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
3168 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
3169 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3172 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
3173 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
3176 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3177 struct mips_got_info
*g
, asection
*got
,
3178 bfd_size_type pages
)
3180 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
3181 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
3182 struct mips_got_info
*gg
;
3183 unsigned int assign
;
3185 g
->bfd2got
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
,
3186 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3187 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
3190 got_per_bfd_arg
.bfd2got
= g
->bfd2got
;
3191 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
3192 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
3194 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
3195 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
3196 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
3197 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
3200 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
3201 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
3202 /* Taking out PAGES entries is a worst-case estimate. We could
3203 compute the maximum number of pages that each separate input bfd
3204 uses, but it's probably not worth it. */
3205 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (abfd
)
3206 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
3207 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
- pages
);
3208 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
3209 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_offset below for more
3211 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
3213 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
3214 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
3215 to be the primary GOT. */
3216 htab_traverse (g
->bfd2got
, mips_elf_merge_gots
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
3217 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
3220 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
3221 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
3223 g
->next
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
3224 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3225 if (g
->next
== NULL
)
3228 g
->next
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
3229 g
->next
->global_gotno
= 0;
3230 g
->next
->local_gotno
= 0;
3231 g
->next
->tls_gotno
= 0;
3232 g
->next
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
3233 g
->next
->tls_assigned_gotno
= 0;
3234 g
->next
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
3235 g
->next
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
3236 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
,
3238 if (g
->next
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3240 g
->next
->bfd2got
= NULL
;
3243 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
3244 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
3246 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
3250 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
3251 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
3252 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
3253 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
3256 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfdgot
;
3259 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
3260 (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
3267 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (gg
->bfd2got
, bfdgot
, INSERT
);
3269 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp
== NULL
);
3273 /* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced
3274 in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so
3275 arrange for them to appear after those that are actually
3278 GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down
3279 the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic
3280 symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from
3281 the cache. Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT
3282 helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux
3283 follows IRIX's practice.
3285 The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count
3286 global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with
3287 an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where
3288 the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is
3292 gg
->assigned_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
3293 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
3294 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 2;
3298 /* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize
3299 symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use
3300 primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined.
3301 With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global
3302 symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that
3303 their entries can be omitted. */
3304 gg
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
3305 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= -1;
3308 /* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior
3309 depends on the setting of VALUE). */
3310 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= NULL
;
3311 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
3312 &set_got_offset_arg
);
3313 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 1;
3314 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
3315 &set_got_offset_arg
);
3316 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
3319 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
3320 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
3321 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
3322 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
3323 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
3324 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
3325 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
3326 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
3327 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
3328 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
3329 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
3330 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
3331 points back to the master GOT. */
3332 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
3333 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
3340 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
3342 assign
+= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
3343 g
->assigned_gotno
= assign
;
3344 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
+ pages
;
3345 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
3347 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
3348 all non-TLS entries. */
3349 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
3350 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, g
);
3352 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
3353 list that gg points to. */
3359 /* Mark global symbols in every non-primary GOT as ineligible for
3362 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_no_stub
, NULL
);
3366 got
->size
= (gg
->next
->local_gotno
3367 + gg
->next
->global_gotno
3368 + gg
->next
->tls_gotno
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3374 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
3375 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
3377 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
3378 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
3379 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3380 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
3382 while (relocation
< relend
)
3384 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
)
3390 /* We didn't find it. */
3391 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3395 /* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */
3398 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
3399 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3400 asection
**local_sections
,
3401 bfd_boolean check_forced
)
3403 unsigned long r_symndx
;
3404 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3405 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3408 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3409 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3410 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3412 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
3414 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
3419 /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
3420 was forced local. */
3421 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
3422 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
3423 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3424 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3425 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3426 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3427 if (h
->root
.forced_local
)
3434 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
3437 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
3439 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
3440 /* VALUE is negative. */
3441 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
3446 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
3447 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
3451 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
3453 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
3455 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
3456 /* The value is too big. */
3458 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
3459 /* The value is too small. */
3466 /* Calculate the %high function. */
3469 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
3471 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
3474 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
3477 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3480 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
3487 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
3490 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3493 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
3500 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
3503 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
3504 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3507 register asection
*s
;
3509 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
3511 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3514 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
3516 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
3517 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
3520 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
3526 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
3529 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3530 bfd_boolean maybe_exclude
)
3533 register asection
*s
;
3534 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3535 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
3536 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3539 /* This function may be called more than once. */
3540 s
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
3543 if (! maybe_exclude
)
3544 s
->flags
&= ~SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3548 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
3549 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3552 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3554 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
3555 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
3556 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
3558 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
3561 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
3562 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
3563 are not creating a global offset table. */
3565 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3566 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
3567 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
3570 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
3573 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
3576 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3579 amt
= sizeof (struct mips_got_info
);
3580 g
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3583 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
3584 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
3586 g
->local_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
3587 g
->assigned_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
3590 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
3591 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3592 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3593 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3595 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->u
.got_info
= g
;
3596 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
3597 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
3602 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
3603 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
3604 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
3606 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
3607 REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this
3608 relocation must be JALX.
3610 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
3611 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
3612 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
3613 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
3615 static bfd_reloc_status_type
3616 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
3617 asection
*input_section
,
3618 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3619 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3620 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
3621 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
3622 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
3623 const char **namep
, bfd_boolean
*require_jalxp
,
3624 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
3626 /* The eventual value we will return. */
3628 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
3631 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
3632 shared object file being produced. */
3633 bfd_vma gp
= MINUS_ONE
;
3634 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
3637 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
3638 bfd_vma gp0
= MINUS_ONE
;
3639 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
3640 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
3641 during execution. */
3642 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
3643 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
3645 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
3646 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
3647 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
3649 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
3650 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
3651 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
3652 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
3653 "__gnu_local_gp". */
3654 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
3655 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3657 unsigned long r_symndx
;
3659 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
3660 relocation value. */
3661 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
3662 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
3663 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
3665 /* Parse the relocation. */
3666 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3667 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3668 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3669 + input_section
->output_offset
3670 + relocation
->r_offset
);
3672 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
3673 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
3675 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
3676 used in the array of hash table entries. */
3677 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3678 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3679 local_sections
, FALSE
);
3680 was_local_p
= local_p
;
3681 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
3682 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3685 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
3686 must come before globals. */
3690 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
3693 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
3695 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
3696 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
3698 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3699 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
3700 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
3701 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
3702 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
3703 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
3705 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
3707 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3710 /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
3711 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
3714 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3715 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
3716 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
3719 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
3721 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
);
3725 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
3727 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
3728 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
3729 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
3730 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3731 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3732 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3733 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3735 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3736 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
3738 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
3739 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3740 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
3741 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
3743 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
3744 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
3745 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_LO16
3746 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_LO16
)
3747 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
3751 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
3752 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3753 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
3754 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
3757 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
3758 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
3759 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
3761 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3762 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3763 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
3765 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
3766 if (sec
->output_section
)
3767 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
3768 + sec
->output_section
->vma
3769 + sec
->output_offset
);
3771 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
3773 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
3774 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
3775 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
3776 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
3779 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
3780 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
3782 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
3783 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
3785 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
3786 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
3787 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
3788 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
3789 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
3791 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->shared
);
3792 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
3797 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
3798 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
3799 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
3800 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
3801 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
))))
3802 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
3806 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
);
3809 /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
3810 need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
3812 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
3813 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
3814 || (local_p
&& elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
3815 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
3816 && !mips_elf_stub_section_p (input_bfd
, input_section
))
3818 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
3819 have already noticed that we were going to need the
3822 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
3825 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
3829 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3831 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
3832 need to redirect the call to the stub. */
3833 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
3835 && (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
3836 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
3838 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
3839 out which one to use by seeing which one appears in the input
3841 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
3846 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
3848 if (strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
),
3849 CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
3851 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
3858 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
3861 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
3863 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
3864 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3867 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
3868 special jalx instruction. */
3869 *require_jalxp
= (!info
->relocatable
3870 && (((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
3871 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
)));
3873 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3874 local_sections
, TRUE
);
3876 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value,
3877 and we're going to need it, get it now. */
3880 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
3881 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
3882 /* We need to decay to GOT_DISP/addend if the symbol doesn't
3884 local_p
= local_p
|| _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (&h
->root
, info
, 1);
3885 if (local_p
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
)
3891 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
3892 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
3893 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
3894 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
3895 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
3897 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
3898 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
3899 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
3900 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
3902 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, 0, 0, NULL
,
3905 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3909 /* GOT_PAGE may take a non-zero addend, that is ignored in a
3910 GOT_PAGE relocation that decays to GOT_DISP because the
3911 symbol turns out to be global. The addend is then added
3913 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3914 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3916 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
,
3918 if (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
3919 && (! elf_hash_table(info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3921 && (info
->symbolic
|| h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3922 && h
->root
.def_regular
)))
3924 /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The
3925 symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
3926 We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */
3927 bfd
*tmpbfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3928 asection
*sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (tmpbfd
, FALSE
);
3929 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (tmpbfd
, symbol
, sgot
->contents
+ g
);
3932 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
)
3933 /* There's no need to create a local GOT entry here; the
3934 calculation for a local GOT16 entry does not involve G. */
3938 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
,
3939 info
, symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
,
3942 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3945 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
3946 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3947 abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
3952 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
3953 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
3954 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
3957 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
3958 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
3959 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
3960 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
)
3961 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
,
3963 (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, NULL
),
3974 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
3978 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
3981 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
3982 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3989 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3991 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
3992 && !h
->root
.def_regular
))
3994 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3996 /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is
3997 against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know
3998 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
3999 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
4002 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
4010 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
4014 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
4015 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
4019 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4023 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
4024 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4027 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
4028 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18) - p
;
4029 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
4030 value
= (value
>> 2) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4034 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
4035 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
4036 the output file that's different. That's handled in
4037 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
4038 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
4041 value
= ((addend
| ((p
+ 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol
) >> 2;
4044 value
= (_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28) + symbol
) >> 2;
4045 if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4046 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> 28);
4048 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4051 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
4052 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
4056 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
4057 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4060 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
4061 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
4065 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
4066 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4073 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
4074 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4078 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
4079 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
4080 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
4084 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
4085 $pc is four higher than $t9 would be, so reduce
4086 both reloc addends by 4. */
4087 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
4088 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 4);
4090 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
4091 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4098 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4101 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
4102 for this conditional. */
4103 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
4104 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
;
4106 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
4107 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
4108 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
4109 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
4110 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
4113 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
4114 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
4117 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
4118 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
4119 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
4120 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
4121 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
4122 not check for overflow here. */
4126 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
4127 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
4128 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
4129 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
4134 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
4135 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
4136 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
4137 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
4138 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
4139 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
4140 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
4141 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
4142 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
4143 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
4144 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
4145 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
4146 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
4147 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
4148 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
4149 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
4153 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4162 /* The special case is when the symbol is forced to be local. We
4163 need the full address in the GOT since no R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
4165 forced
= ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
4166 local_sections
, FALSE
);
4167 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
4168 symbol
+ addend
, forced
);
4169 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
4170 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4172 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
4173 abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
4174 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4181 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
4182 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
4183 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
4186 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4189 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
4190 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
4192 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4196 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16) + symbol
- p
;
4197 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4200 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
4201 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
4202 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
4203 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
4204 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
4206 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
4207 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4210 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
4211 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
4212 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
4215 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
4216 /* GOT_PAGE relocations that reference non-local symbols decay
4217 to GOT_DISP. The corresponding GOT_OFST relocation decays to
4221 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
4222 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
4223 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4224 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
4225 abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
4226 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4229 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
4231 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
4234 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4238 value
= symbol
- addend
;
4239 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4243 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
4244 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4247 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
4248 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
4249 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4252 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
4253 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
4254 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4258 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
4259 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
4260 branches to the PLT; that will wind up wasting time. */
4261 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->root
.plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
4262 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
4263 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
4267 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4268 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4269 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
4270 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
4273 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
4274 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
4277 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
4279 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
4282 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
4285 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
4286 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4287 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
4290 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
4292 /* Obtain the bytes. */
4293 x
= bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
)), input_bfd
, location
);
4298 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
4299 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
4300 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
4301 relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used
4302 for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is
4303 unconditionally converted to JALX.
4305 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
4308 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4309 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
4310 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4311 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
4312 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
4313 bfd_boolean require_jalx
)
4317 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4319 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
4320 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
4322 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
4324 /* Obtain the current value. */
4325 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
4327 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
4328 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
4330 /* Set the field. */
4331 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
4333 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
4337 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
4338 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
4340 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
4341 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
4343 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
4348 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
4352 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */
4355 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4356 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
4359 (unsigned long) relocation
->r_offset
);
4360 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4364 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
4365 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
4368 /* On the RM9000, bal is faster than jal, because bal uses branch
4369 prediction hardware. If we are linking for the RM9000, and we
4370 see jal, and bal fits, use it instead. Note that this
4371 transformation should be safe for all architectures. */
4372 if (bfd_get_mach (input_bfd
) == bfd_mach_mips9000
4373 && !info
->relocatable
4375 && ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
&& (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
4376 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
&& x
== 0x0320f809))) /* jalr t9 */
4382 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4383 + input_section
->output_offset
4384 + relocation
->r_offset
4386 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
4387 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
4391 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
4392 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
4395 /* Put the value into the output. */
4396 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
), input_bfd
, x
, location
);
4398 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd
, r_type
, !info
->relocatable
,
4404 /* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */
4407 mips_elf_stub_section_p (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
)
4409 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, section
);
4411 return (strncmp (name
, FN_STUB
, sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0
4412 || strncmp (name
, CALL_STUB
, sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
4413 || strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0);
4416 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel.dyn section in ABFD. */
4419 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int n
)
4423 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (abfd
, FALSE
);
4424 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4428 /* Make room for a null element. */
4429 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4432 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4435 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
4436 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
4437 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
4438 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
4441 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
4442 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4443 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4444 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4445 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
4446 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
4448 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
4453 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
4455 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
4456 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4457 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
4458 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
4459 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
4460 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
4463 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
4464 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
4465 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
4466 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
4467 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
4468 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
4470 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
4471 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
4474 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
4476 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
4477 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
4478 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
4483 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
4484 in the relocation. */
4486 && (! info
->symbolic
|| !h
->root
.def_regular
)
4487 /* h->root.dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
4489 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
4491 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
4492 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
4493 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
4495 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
4496 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
4497 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
4498 undefined symbols. */
4503 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
4505 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
4507 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4512 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
4517 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
4518 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
4519 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
4520 local symbols because we used to generate them
4521 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
4522 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
4523 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
4524 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
4525 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
4526 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
4528 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
4529 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
4530 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
4531 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
4532 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
4537 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
4538 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
4539 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
4540 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
4541 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
4544 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
4545 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
4546 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
4548 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
4549 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
4550 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
4551 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
4552 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
4553 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
4554 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
4555 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
4556 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
4557 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
4558 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
4559 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
4560 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
4561 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
4564 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
4566 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
4567 correct location in the output file. */
4568 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4569 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4570 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4571 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4572 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4573 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4575 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
4576 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
4577 relocation format is non-standard. */
4578 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
4580 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
4581 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
4583 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
4586 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
4587 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
4588 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
4590 /* We've now added another relocation. */
4591 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
4593 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
4594 will be writing to it. */
4595 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
4598 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
4599 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
4601 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
4606 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
4608 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
4609 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
4610 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
4611 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4612 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
4613 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
4615 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
4616 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
4617 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
4619 cr
= (scpt
->contents
4620 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
4621 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
4622 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
4623 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
4624 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
4625 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
4632 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
4635 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
4637 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
4639 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
4640 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
4642 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
4643 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
4645 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
4646 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
4648 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
4649 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
4651 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
4652 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
4654 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
4655 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
4657 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
4658 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
4660 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
4661 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
4663 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
4664 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
4666 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
4667 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
4670 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
4674 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
4678 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
4682 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
4686 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
4690 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
4693 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
4694 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
4697 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
4698 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
4701 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
4702 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
4705 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
4706 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
4714 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
4716 static INLINE
char *
4717 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
4721 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
4722 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
4725 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
4727 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
4731 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
4733 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
4735 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
4737 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
4740 return "unknown abi";
4744 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
4745 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
4746 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
4747 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
4748 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
4749 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
4750 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4751 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
4753 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
4754 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
4755 definition in a shared library. */
4756 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
4757 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4758 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
4760 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.
4761 This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4764 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
4766 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
4768 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
4769 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
4771 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
4772 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
4773 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
4774 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
4775 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
4776 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
4777 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
4779 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
4780 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
4781 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
4782 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4783 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4784 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
4785 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
4786 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
4787 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4788 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4790 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4794 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4795 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
4796 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
4797 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
4800 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
4801 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
4803 /* Initialize the small common section. */
4804 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
4805 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
4806 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4807 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4808 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
4809 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
4810 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
4811 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4812 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4814 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4815 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
4818 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
4819 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4824 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
4826 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
));
4827 if (section
!= NULL
)
4829 asym
->section
= section
;
4830 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
4831 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
4832 base address to make it an offset. */
4833 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
4840 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
4842 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
));
4843 if (section
!= NULL
)
4845 asym
->section
= section
;
4846 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
4847 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
4848 base address to make it an offset. */
4849 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
4856 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
4857 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
4859 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
4860 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
4861 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
4862 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
4863 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
4865 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
4866 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
4867 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
4868 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
4870 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
4871 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
4872 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
4873 We therefore take the following approach:
4875 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
4876 determine the pointer size.
4878 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
4879 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
4883 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
4884 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
4885 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
4886 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
4887 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
4889 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
4890 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
4894 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
4896 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
4898 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
4900 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
4902 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
4903 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
4904 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
4911 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
4912 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
4913 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
4922 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
4923 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
4924 same address. For example, if we have code like:
4926 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
4927 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
4930 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
4931 will jump there rather than to .text.
4933 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
4934 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
4937 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
4939 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
4942 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
4943 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
4944 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
4948 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
4950 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
4951 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
4955 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
4956 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
4959 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
4962 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
4963 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
4967 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
4968 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4969 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
4970 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
4972 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
4974 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
4975 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
4976 so that we don't have to read them again.
4977 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
4978 through the section contents to see if there is an
4979 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
4981 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
4983 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
4984 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
4986 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
4988 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
4990 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4997 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
4998 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
5001 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
5002 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
5005 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5012 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
5013 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
5016 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
5017 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
5024 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
5026 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
5028 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
5029 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
5030 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
5032 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5033 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
5035 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
5037 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5038 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
5040 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
5042 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5043 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
5045 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
5048 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
5050 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
5052 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
5054 unsigned int adjust
;
5056 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
5058 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
5066 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
5067 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
5068 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
5070 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
5074 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
5075 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
5081 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
5082 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
5083 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
5084 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
5085 probably get away with this. */
5086 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
5088 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
5089 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
5093 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
5096 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
5097 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
5100 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
5101 if (strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) != 0)
5104 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
5105 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
5108 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
5109 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
5111 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
5113 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
5114 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
5115 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
5117 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
5119 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
5120 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
5123 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
5124 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content", sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) != 0)
5127 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
5128 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
5131 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
5132 if (strncmp (name
, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) != 0)
5135 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
5136 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
5139 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
5140 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) != 0
5141 && strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
5142 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) != 0)
5149 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
5154 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
5155 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
5161 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
5163 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
5164 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
5165 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
5166 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
5167 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
5169 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
5172 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
5173 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
5175 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
5176 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
5179 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
5180 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
5181 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
5182 they should agree. */
5183 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
5185 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
5187 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
5188 if (contents
== NULL
)
5190 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
5197 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
5198 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
5200 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
5202 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
5204 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5206 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
5208 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
5210 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
5211 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
5213 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
5215 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5217 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
5219 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
5221 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
5222 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
5224 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
5234 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
5235 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
5236 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
5239 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
5241 register const char *name
;
5243 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
5245 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
5247 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
5248 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
5249 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
5251 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
5252 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
5253 else if (strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
5255 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
5256 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
5257 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
5259 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
5260 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
5261 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
5263 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
5264 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
5265 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
5266 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5267 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
5269 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
5271 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
5273 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
5274 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
5275 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
5276 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5278 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5279 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
5281 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
5284 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
5286 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
5287 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
5288 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
5289 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
5291 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5292 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
5294 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
5295 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
5298 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
5299 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
5300 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
5301 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
5302 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
5303 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
5304 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5305 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
5307 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
5308 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5310 else if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content", strlen (".MIPS.content")) == 0)
5312 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
5313 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5314 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
5316 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
5318 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
5319 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
5320 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5322 else if (strncmp (name
, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) == 0)
5323 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
5324 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
5326 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
5327 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
5328 final_write_processing. */
5330 else if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0
5331 || strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
5332 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0)
5334 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
5335 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5336 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
5338 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
5340 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
5341 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
5342 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
5345 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
5346 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
5347 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
5348 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
5349 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
5354 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
5355 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
5356 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
5357 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
5358 the .scommon section. */
5361 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5362 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
5364 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
5366 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
5369 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
5371 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
5377 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
5378 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
5381 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5382 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
5383 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5384 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
5386 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
5387 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
5388 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
5390 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
5395 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
5398 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
5399 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
5400 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
5401 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
5404 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
5405 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
5406 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
5407 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
5411 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
5412 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
5414 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
5415 asection
*elf_text_section
;
5416 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
5418 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5419 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
5422 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
5423 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5424 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
5427 /* Initialize the section. */
5429 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
5430 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
5432 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
5433 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
5435 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
5436 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
5437 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
5438 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
5439 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
5440 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
5441 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
5443 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
5444 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
5445 so I took it out. */
5446 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
5449 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
5450 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
5452 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
5453 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
5455 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
5456 asection
*elf_data_section
;
5457 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
5459 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5460 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
5463 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
5464 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5465 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
5468 /* Initialize the section. */
5470 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
5471 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
5473 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
5474 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
5476 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
5477 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
5478 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
5479 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
5480 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
5481 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
5482 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
5484 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
5485 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
5486 so I took it out. */
5487 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
5490 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
5491 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
5495 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
5497 && info
->hash
->creator
== abfd
->xvec
5498 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
5500 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5501 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5503 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
5505 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5506 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
5507 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5510 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5513 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5515 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5518 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
5521 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
5522 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
5523 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
5524 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5530 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
5531 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
5532 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
5535 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
5536 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5537 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
5538 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5540 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
5541 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
5542 common in the output file. */
5543 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
5544 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
5545 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
5547 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5548 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
5553 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
5555 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
5558 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5560 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5561 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5563 register asection
*s
;
5564 const char * const *namep
;
5566 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
5567 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
5569 /* Mips ABI requests the .dynamic section to be read only. */
5570 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
5573 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
5577 /* We need to create .got section. */
5578 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
, FALSE
))
5581 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, TRUE
))
5584 /* Create .stub section. */
5585 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
5586 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == NULL
)
5588 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
,
5589 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
5592 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5593 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5597 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
5599 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
5601 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
5602 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
5604 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5605 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5609 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
5610 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
5611 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
5612 the linker takes such action. */
5613 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
5615 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
5618 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5619 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
5620 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5623 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5626 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
5628 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5632 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
5633 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5635 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
5639 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
5640 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".hash");
5642 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5643 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
5645 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5646 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
5648 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5649 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
5651 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5652 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
5654 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5661 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
5663 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5664 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
5665 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5668 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5671 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
5673 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5676 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
5678 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
5679 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
5680 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
5681 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
5682 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map");
5683 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5685 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
5687 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5688 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
5689 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5692 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5695 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5697 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5705 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
5706 allocate space in the global offset table. */
5709 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5710 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
5714 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5715 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
5716 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
5718 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
5719 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
5722 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5724 if (info
->relocatable
)
5727 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5728 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5729 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5730 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5732 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
5734 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
5735 if (strncmp (name
, FN_STUB
, sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5737 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5739 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5742 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
5744 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
5745 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
5749 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
5750 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
5751 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
5752 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5754 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
5755 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
5757 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
5758 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
5759 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
5760 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), FN_STUB
,
5761 sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0
5762 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_STUB
,
5763 sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
5764 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_FP_STUB
,
5765 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5769 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
5771 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
5774 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
5775 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
5776 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
5777 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) != R_MIPS16_26
)
5780 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
5789 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
5790 not need it. Since this function is called before
5791 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
5792 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
5794 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5798 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
5800 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
5802 unsigned long symcount
;
5806 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
5807 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
5809 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5810 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
5811 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5814 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
5817 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
5819 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
5820 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
5821 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
5822 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
5826 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5828 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5829 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5831 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5834 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
5837 else if (strncmp (name
, CALL_STUB
, sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
5838 || strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5840 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5841 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5844 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5847 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
5849 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
5850 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
5852 /* This stub was actually built for a static symbol defined
5853 in the same file. We assume that all static symbols in
5854 mips16 code are themselves mips16, so we can simply
5855 discard this stub. Since this function is called before
5856 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we can
5857 easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
5858 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5862 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5863 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5865 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5867 if (strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5868 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
5870 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
5872 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
5873 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
5874 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
5875 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
5876 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. We can also discard this section if we
5877 happen to already know that this is a mips16 function; it is
5878 not necessary to check this here, as it is checked later, but
5879 it is slightly faster to check now. */
5880 if (*loc
!= NULL
|| h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5882 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5887 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
5897 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
5902 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
5903 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
5904 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
5909 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5910 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
5911 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
5913 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5914 unsigned int r_type
;
5915 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5917 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
5918 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
5920 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5922 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
5924 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5925 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
5927 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5932 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
5934 /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */
5937 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5938 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
5942 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
5943 if (dynobj
== NULL
|| sgot
== NULL
)
5949 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5950 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5951 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5952 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5953 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5954 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
5955 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5957 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5959 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5960 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, FALSE
))
5962 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
5969 && (info
->shared
|| h
!= NULL
)
5970 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5971 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5979 if (!h
&& (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
5980 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
5981 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
))
5983 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
5984 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
5985 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
5986 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and
5987 R_MIPS_CALL16. We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
5988 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
5989 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
5990 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
5991 rel
->r_addend
, g
, 0))
6000 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6001 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
6002 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
6003 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6008 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6009 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6012 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
6013 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, 0))
6016 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
6017 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
6018 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
6024 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6025 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
6026 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
6031 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
6032 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6034 while (hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6035 || hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6036 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6037 hmips
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
6039 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
6040 && ! (info
->shared
&& ! info
->symbolic
6041 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
6047 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6048 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6049 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6050 if (h
&& ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, 0))
6054 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6056 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
6059 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6060 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
6068 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
6069 for TLS GD relocations. */
6071 unsigned char flag
= (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
6073 : r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
6078 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
6079 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6080 hmips
->tls_type
|= flag
;
6082 if (h
&& ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, flag
))
6087 BFD_ASSERT (flag
== GOT_TLS_LDM
|| r_symndx
!= 0);
6089 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
6090 rel
->r_addend
, g
, flag
))
6099 if ((info
->shared
|| h
!= NULL
)
6100 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6104 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, TRUE
);
6108 #define MIPS_READONLY_SECTION (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)
6111 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
6112 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
6113 relocs. We make room for this reloc in the
6114 .rel.dyn reloc section. */
6115 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, 1);
6116 if ((sec
->flags
& MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
6117 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
6118 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
6119 relocations against the text segment. */
6120 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6124 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
6126 /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is
6127 defined in a dynamic object. */
6128 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6129 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
6130 if ((sec
->flags
& MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
6131 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
6132 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
6133 are relocations against the text segment. */
6134 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
6137 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for
6138 this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol
6139 table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are
6140 dynamic relocations against it. */
6144 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
6145 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, TRUE
))
6147 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
6148 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, 0))
6153 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6154 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
6155 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
6159 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
6160 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
6161 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
6162 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6163 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
6164 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
6167 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
6168 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
6169 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
6170 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
6174 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
6175 used. Record for later use during GC. */
6176 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
6177 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
6185 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
6186 related to taking the function's address. */
6192 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
6194 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6195 mh
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
6199 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6200 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6205 /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global
6206 symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one.
6207 References from a stub section do not count. */
6209 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
6210 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), FN_STUB
,
6211 sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) != 0
6212 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_STUB
,
6213 sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) != 0
6214 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_FP_STUB
,
6215 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) != 0)
6217 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
6219 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6220 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
6228 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
6229 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
6232 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
6233 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
6234 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6235 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6237 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
6238 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
6239 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
6241 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
6244 if (link_info
->relocatable
)
6247 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
6248 link_info
->keep_memory
);
6249 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
6252 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
6253 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
6254 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6255 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6257 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
6260 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
6261 unsigned int r_type
;
6262 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6264 unsigned long instruction
;
6266 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
6267 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
6268 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
6269 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
6270 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
6273 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
6274 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
6275 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
6277 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
6278 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6279 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
6281 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6282 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6283 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
6285 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
6287 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6288 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6289 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
6290 || (link_info
->shared
&& ! link_info
->symbolic
6291 && !h
->root
.forced_local
))
6294 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
6295 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
6296 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
6297 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
6298 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
6300 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
6304 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6306 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
6307 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
6309 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
6310 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
6311 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
6312 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
6314 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
6318 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
6319 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
6321 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
6322 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6323 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
6324 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
6327 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
6328 symval
= isym
->st_value
6329 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
6330 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
6333 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
6335 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
6336 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
6338 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
6339 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
6344 /* Check that it's in range. */
6345 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
6348 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
6349 if (contents
== NULL
)
6351 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6352 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
6353 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
6356 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
6361 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
6363 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
6364 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
6365 instruction
= 0x04110000;
6366 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
6367 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
6368 instruction
= 0x10000000;
6372 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
6373 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
6374 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
6377 if (contents
!= NULL
6378 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6380 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
6384 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6385 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
6391 if (contents
!= NULL
6392 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6397 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
6398 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
6399 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
6400 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
6404 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6405 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6408 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
6411 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6413 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
6414 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
6416 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
6419 && !h
->def_regular
)));
6421 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy
6422 any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
6424 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6425 if (! info
->relocatable
6426 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
6427 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
6428 || !h
->def_regular
))
6430 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
,
6431 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
6432 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
6433 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
6434 against the text segment. */
6435 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6438 /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */
6439 if (! hmips
->no_fn_stub
6442 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6445 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
6446 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
6447 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
6448 executable and the shared library. */
6449 if (!h
->def_regular
)
6451 /* We need .stub section. */
6452 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
6453 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
6454 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6456 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
6457 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= s
->size
;
6459 /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */
6460 h
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
6462 /* Make room for this stub code. */
6463 s
->size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
6465 /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index
6466 of this symbol in .dynsym section. */
6470 else if ((h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
6473 /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and
6474 the dynamic linker will take care of this. */
6475 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6479 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
6480 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
6481 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
6482 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
6484 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6485 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
6486 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6487 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6491 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
6492 is not a function. */
6497 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
6498 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
6499 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
6502 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6503 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6509 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
6511 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
6512 bfd_size_type local_gotno
;
6514 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg count_tls_arg
;
6516 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
6517 ri
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
6519 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, ri
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
6521 if (! (info
->relocatable
6522 || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
))
6523 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
6524 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
, NULL
);
6526 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6528 /* Relocatable links don't have it. */
6531 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &s
);
6535 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
6536 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
6538 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
6540 asection
*subsection
;
6542 for (subsection
= sub
->sections
;
6544 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
6546 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
6548 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
6549 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
6553 /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with
6554 a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or
6555 higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols
6556 that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We
6558 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
6561 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
6562 i
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
6564 /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring
6565 relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */
6568 /* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus
6569 one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX
6571 loadable_size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
* (i
+ 1);
6573 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of
6574 contiguous sections. Is 5 enough? */
6575 local_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
6577 g
->local_gotno
+= local_gotno
;
6578 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6580 g
->global_gotno
= i
;
6581 s
->size
+= i
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6583 /* We need to calculate tls_gotno for global symbols at this point
6584 instead of building it up earlier, to avoid doublecounting
6585 entries for one global symbol from multiple input files. */
6586 count_tls_arg
.info
= info
;
6587 count_tls_arg
.needed
= 0;
6588 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6589 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries
,
6591 g
->tls_gotno
+= count_tls_arg
.needed
;
6592 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6594 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
6596 if (s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (output_bfd
))
6598 if (! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, g
, s
, local_gotno
))
6603 /* Set up TLS entries for the first GOT. */
6604 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
6605 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, g
);
6611 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
6614 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6615 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6619 bfd_boolean reltext
;
6621 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6622 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
6624 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6626 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
6627 if (info
->executable
)
6629 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".interp");
6630 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6632 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
6634 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
6638 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
6639 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
6642 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6647 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
6648 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
6649 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
6651 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
6656 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) == 0)
6660 /* We only strip the section if the output section name
6661 has the same name. Otherwise, there might be several
6662 input sections for this output section. FIXME: This
6663 code is probably not needed these days anyhow, since
6664 the linker now does not create empty output sections. */
6665 if (s
->output_section
!= NULL
6667 bfd_get_section_name (s
->output_section
->owner
,
6668 s
->output_section
)) == 0)
6673 const char *outname
;
6676 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
6677 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
6678 If the relocation section is .rel.dyn, we always
6679 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
6680 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
6682 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
6684 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
6686 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
6687 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6688 || strcmp (outname
, ".rel.dyn") == 0)
6691 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
6692 to copy relocs into the output file. */
6693 if (strcmp (name
, ".rel.dyn") != 0)
6696 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
6697 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
6698 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
6699 will move them around between input sections'
6700 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
6701 broken, so don't let it run. */
6702 info
->combreloc
= 0;
6705 else if (strncmp (name
, ".got", 4) == 0)
6707 /* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done
6708 most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped
6709 to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries
6711 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
6712 struct mips_got_info
*g
= gg
;
6713 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
6714 unsigned int needed_relocs
= 0;
6718 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6719 set_got_offset_arg
.info
= info
;
6721 /* NOTE 2005-02-03: How can this call, or the next, ever
6722 find any indirect entries to resolve? They were all
6723 resolved in mips_elf_multi_got. */
6724 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg
);
6725 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
6727 unsigned int save_assign
;
6729 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
6731 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
6732 save_assign
= g
->assigned_gotno
;
6733 g
->assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
6734 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= g
;
6735 set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
= 0;
6736 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
6737 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
6738 &set_got_offset_arg
);
6739 needed_relocs
+= set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
;
6740 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
- g
->local_gotno
6741 <= g
->global_gotno
);
6743 g
->assigned_gotno
= save_assign
;
6746 needed_relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_gotno
;
6747 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
6748 + g
->next
->global_gotno
6749 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
6750 + MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
);
6756 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg arg
;
6760 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs
,
6762 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6763 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs
,
6766 needed_relocs
+= arg
.needed
;
6770 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, needed_relocs
);
6772 else if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)) == 0)
6774 /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end
6775 of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */
6776 s
->size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
6778 else if (! info
->shared
6779 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
6780 && strncmp (name
, ".rld_map", 8) == 0)
6782 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
6783 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
6786 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
6787 && strncmp (name
, ".compact_rel", 12) == 0)
6788 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
6789 else if (strncmp (name
, ".init", 5) != 0)
6791 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
6797 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6801 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
6802 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
6803 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
6805 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
6810 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6812 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
6813 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
6814 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
6815 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
6816 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
6819 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
6820 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. */
6821 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
6823 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6825 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
6831 /* Shared libraries on traditional mips have DT_DEBUG. */
6832 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6834 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
6839 if (reltext
&& SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6840 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6842 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
6844 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
6848 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
6851 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
))
6853 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
6856 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
6859 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
6863 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
6866 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
6869 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
6872 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
6875 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
6878 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
6881 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
6884 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
6885 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
6888 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
6889 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
6890 (dynobj
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
6891 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
6898 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
6901 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6902 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
6903 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
6904 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
6905 asection
**local_sections
)
6907 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
6908 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
6910 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
6911 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6913 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6914 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
6915 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
6919 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
6920 bfd_boolean require_jalx
;
6921 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
6923 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
6924 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6927 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
6928 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
6930 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
6931 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
6932 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
6933 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
6934 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
6935 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
6936 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
6938 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
6940 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6944 /* NewABI defaults to RELA relocations. */
6945 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
,
6946 NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
6947 && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P
6948 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
6951 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
6953 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
6955 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
6956 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
6957 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
6958 RELA relocation. To determine which flavor or relocation
6959 this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's
6960 REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */
6961 rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr
;
6962 if ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
6963 >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
))
6964 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr2
;
6965 if (rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd
))
6967 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
6969 /* Note that this is a REL relocation. */
6970 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
6972 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
6973 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
,
6975 addend
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, input_bfd
,
6977 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
,
6980 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
6982 /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a
6983 combination of the addend stored in two different
6985 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
6986 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
6987 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
6988 local_sections
, FALSE
)))
6991 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
6992 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
6993 bfd_byte
*lo16_location
;
6996 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
6997 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
6999 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
7001 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend,
7002 left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16
7003 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the code does
7004 a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of
7007 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7009 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16
7010 relocation must be immediately following.
7011 However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next relocation
7012 may be a composed relocation consisting of
7013 several relocations for the same address. In
7014 that case, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation may occur
7015 as one of these. We permit a similar extension
7016 in general, as that is useful for GCC. */
7017 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd
,
7020 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
7023 lo16_location
= contents
+ lo16_relocation
->r_offset
;
7025 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7026 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
,
7028 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
,
7030 l
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto
, lo16_relocation
,
7031 input_bfd
, contents
);
7032 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
,
7034 l
&= lo16_howto
->src_mask
;
7035 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
7036 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
7040 /* Compute the combined addend. */
7044 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
7047 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7050 if (info
->relocatable
)
7052 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7053 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7055 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
7056 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7059 /* Since we're just relocating, all we need to do is copy
7060 the relocations back out to the object file, unless
7061 they're against a section symbol, in which case we need
7062 to adjust by the section offset, or unless they're GP
7063 relative in which case we need to adjust by the amount
7064 that we're adjusting GP in this relocatable object. */
7066 if (! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
,
7068 /* There's nothing to do for non-local relocations. */
7071 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
7072 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL16
7073 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
7074 || r_type
== R_MIPS_LITERAL
)
7075 addend
-= (_bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
7076 - _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
));
7078 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7079 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
7080 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
7081 /* Adjust the addend appropriately. */
7082 addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
7084 if (rela_relocation_p
)
7085 /* If this is a RELA relocation, just update the addend. */
7086 rel
->r_addend
= addend
;
7089 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
7090 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
7091 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
7092 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
7093 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
7094 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
7095 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
7097 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
7099 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
7100 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
7101 source of the addend in the final link. */
7102 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
7104 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
7105 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
7106 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
7107 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
7108 but for endianness. */
7114 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
7116 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
7123 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
7124 do two separate stores. */
7125 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7127 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
7129 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
7135 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
7137 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
7138 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7139 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
7140 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
7144 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
7145 input_bfd
, input_section
,
7150 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
7154 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
7155 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
7156 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
7158 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
7159 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
7160 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
7161 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
7163 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
7165 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
7166 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
7167 input_section
, info
, rel
,
7168 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
7169 local_sections
, &value
,
7170 &name
, &require_jalx
,
7171 use_saved_addend_p
))
7173 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
7174 /* There's nothing to do. */
7177 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
7178 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
7179 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
7180 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
7181 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
7184 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
7185 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
7186 info
->callbacks
->warning
7187 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
7190 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
7191 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
7192 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
7193 a given location. */
7197 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
7198 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
7199 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
7200 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
)))
7213 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
7214 until we reach the last one. */
7215 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
7221 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
7222 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
7223 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
7224 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
7225 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
7226 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
7227 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
7228 only a 32-bit VMA. */
7234 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
7236 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
7243 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
7244 do two separate stores. */
7245 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7247 /* Undo what we did above. */
7249 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
7251 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
7257 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
7259 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
7260 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7261 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
7262 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
7266 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
7267 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
7268 input_bfd
, input_section
,
7269 contents
, require_jalx
))
7276 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
7277 adjust it appropriately now. */
7280 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7281 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
7283 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
7284 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
7285 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
7288 "__dso_displacement",
7290 "__program_header_table",
7294 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
7302 const char* const *p
;
7305 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
7306 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
7309 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
7311 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
7313 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7314 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
7316 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
7318 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
7320 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
7326 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
7327 dynamic sections here. */
7330 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
7331 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7332 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
7333 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
7337 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
7340 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7342 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
7345 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
];
7347 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
7349 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
7351 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
7352 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
7353 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7355 /* FIXME: Can h->dynindex be more than 64K? */
7356 if (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff0000)
7359 /* Fill the stub. */
7360 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
);
7361 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd
), stub
+ 4);
7362 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ 8);
7363 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16 (output_bfd
) + h
->dynindx
, stub
+ 12);
7365 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= s
->size
);
7366 memcpy (s
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
, stub
, MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
7368 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
7369 only for the referenced symbol. */
7370 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
7372 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
7373 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
7374 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
7375 sym
->st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
7379 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
7380 || h
->forced_local
);
7382 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7383 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
7384 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
7385 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
7386 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
7388 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
7389 the symbols that need them. */
7390 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
7391 && h
->dynindx
>= g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
7396 value
= sym
->st_value
;
7397 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
, R_MIPS_GOT16
, info
);
7398 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
7401 if (g
->next
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->type
!= STT_TLS
)
7403 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
7409 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
7411 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
7414 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
7417 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
7422 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
7424 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
7425 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
7427 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
7428 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
7429 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
7430 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
7431 appropriate addend. */
7432 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
7434 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
7435 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
7436 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
7438 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
7439 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
7442 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
7443 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
7444 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
7448 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
7449 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
7454 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
7455 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7456 if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
7457 || strcmp (name
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
7458 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
7459 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
7460 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
7462 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
7463 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7466 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
7468 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
7469 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7470 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
7472 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
7474 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
7475 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
7477 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7478 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
7480 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
7482 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
7484 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7485 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
7486 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
7487 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
7489 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
7491 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
7492 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
7493 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
7494 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
7498 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
7499 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7500 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
7504 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7505 && (strcmp (name
, "__rld_map") == 0
7506 || strcmp (name
, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
7508 asection
*s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map");
7509 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7510 sym
->st_value
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
7511 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, s
->contents
);
7512 if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
== 0)
7513 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
7515 else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7516 && strcmp (name
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7518 /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */
7519 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
7520 || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_none
)
7521 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map")
7523 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
7527 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
7528 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
7529 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
7534 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
7537 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
7538 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7543 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
7545 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7547 sdyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
7549 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7554 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
7555 gg
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
7556 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
7557 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, output_bfd
);
7558 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
7561 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7565 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
7566 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
7568 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
7569 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
7570 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
7572 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
7576 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
7578 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
7579 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
7581 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
7587 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7588 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7589 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
7593 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
7595 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
7600 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
7601 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7602 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
7605 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
7606 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
7610 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
7613 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
7614 time ((time_t *) &dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
7617 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
7622 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
7627 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
7628 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
7629 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7630 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
7633 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
7634 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
7637 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
7638 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
7639 entry of the first external symbol that is not
7640 referenced within the same object. */
7641 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
7644 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
7645 if (gg
->global_gotsym
)
7647 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
7650 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
7651 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
7652 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
7654 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
7656 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7657 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
7658 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7660 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
7663 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
7664 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
7667 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
7668 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
;
7671 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
7672 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
7673 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
7674 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
7678 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
7679 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
7680 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
7681 are trailing null entries. */
7682 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7683 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
7684 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
7685 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
7686 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
7695 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
7700 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
7701 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
7702 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
7703 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0)
7705 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
);
7706 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0x80000000,
7707 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
7711 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
7712 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7714 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
7715 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
7717 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
7720 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
7721 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
7723 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
7725 bfd_vma index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
7726 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
7728 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
7729 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
7730 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0x80000000, sgot
->contents
7731 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
7736 while (index
< g
->assigned_gotno
)
7738 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
7739 = index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7740 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
7741 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
7742 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
7745 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
7752 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
7754 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
7756 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
7757 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
7761 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
7763 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
7764 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
7767 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
7768 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
7771 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
7772 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
7773 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
7776 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
7778 BFD_ASSERT (s
->size
>= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
7779 dummy_offset
= s
->size
- MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
7780 memset (s
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
7781 MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
7786 /* We need to sort the entries of the dynamic relocation section. */
7788 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7791 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
7793 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
7795 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
7796 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1, s
->reloc_count
- 1,
7797 sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
), sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
7799 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1, s
->reloc_count
- 1,
7800 sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
), sort_dynamic_relocs
);
7808 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
7811 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
7815 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
7818 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
7819 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
7822 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
7823 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
7826 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
7827 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
7830 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
7831 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
7832 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
7833 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
7834 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
7837 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
7838 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
7841 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
7842 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
7845 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
7846 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
7849 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
7850 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
7853 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
7854 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
7857 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
7858 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
7861 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
7862 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
7865 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
7866 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
7869 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
7870 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
7871 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
7872 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
7873 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
7874 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
7877 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
7878 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
7881 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
7882 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
7885 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
7886 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
7889 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
7890 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
7893 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
7894 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
7897 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
7898 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
7901 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
7902 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
7907 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
7908 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
7909 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7912 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
7913 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7916 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
7920 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
7921 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
7922 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
7923 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
7924 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
7926 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
7927 info for each special section. */
7928 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
7929 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
7932 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
7935 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
7936 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7938 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7941 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
7942 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7943 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7944 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
7945 && strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0);
7946 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
7947 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7948 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7951 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
7952 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7953 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7954 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
7955 && strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content",
7956 sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) == 0);
7957 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7958 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
7959 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7960 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7963 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
7964 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7966 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7967 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
7969 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7972 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
7973 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7974 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7975 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
7976 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0)
7977 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7978 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
7981 BFD_ASSERT (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
7982 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0);
7983 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7985 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
7987 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7988 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7995 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
7999 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
8004 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
8005 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
8006 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
8009 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
8010 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
8011 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
8012 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
8015 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
8016 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
8017 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
8018 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
8024 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
8027 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
8028 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8031 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
8034 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
8036 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
8037 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
8039 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
8040 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
8045 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8049 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
8053 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
8054 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
8056 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
8057 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
8065 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
8066 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
8067 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
8070 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
8071 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
8072 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
8074 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
8076 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
8077 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
8082 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
8084 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
8086 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
8087 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
8090 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
8091 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8092 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
8093 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
8094 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
8095 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
8096 options_segment
->count
= 1;
8097 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
8098 *pm
= options_segment
;
8103 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
8105 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
8106 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
8107 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
8108 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
8109 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
8111 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
8112 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
8117 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8121 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
8123 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
8128 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
8136 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
8137 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
8138 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
8148 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
8149 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
8151 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
;
8153 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
8156 if (m
!= NULL
&& IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
8158 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
8159 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
8160 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
8161 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
8162 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
8164 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
8165 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
8169 && m
->count
== 1 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
8171 static const char *sec_names
[] =
8173 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
8177 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
8181 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
8183 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
8184 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
8191 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
8197 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8198 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
8200 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
8203 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
8204 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8211 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8213 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
8215 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
8229 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
8233 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
8234 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8235 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
8236 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
8237 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
8239 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
8243 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
8245 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
8246 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
8250 switch (h
->root
.type
)
8252 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
8253 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
8254 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
8256 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
8257 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
8265 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
8270 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
8273 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8274 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8275 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8276 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8279 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8280 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
8281 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
8282 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
8283 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8284 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8286 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8287 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
8288 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
8290 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
8291 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
8292 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
8296 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8297 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8298 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8299 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8300 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8301 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8302 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8303 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
8304 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
8305 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
8316 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
8317 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
8318 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
8319 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
8322 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
8323 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
8324 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
8326 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
8328 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (bed
, dir
, ind
);
8330 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
8333 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
8334 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
8335 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
8336 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
8337 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
8338 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
8339 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8341 if (dirmips
->tls_type
== 0)
8342 dirmips
->tls_type
= indmips
->tls_type
;
8344 BFD_ASSERT (indmips
->tls_type
== 0);
8348 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8349 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*entry
,
8350 bfd_boolean force_local
)
8354 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
8355 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8357 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
8358 if (h
->forced_local
)
8360 h
->forced_local
= force_local
;
8362 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8363 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& force_local
&& h
->root
.type
!= STT_TLS
)
8365 got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8366 g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
;
8370 struct mips_got_entry e
;
8371 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= g
;
8373 /* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a
8374 local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT
8375 that had an entry for it. This will automatically decrease
8376 the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually
8377 the upper limit of global entries. */
8383 for (g
= g
->next
; g
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
8384 if (htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
))
8386 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
8391 /* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we
8392 no longer need an entry for it. We can't release the entry
8393 at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one
8394 of the symbols that required a forced got entry. */
8395 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
8397 BFD_ASSERT (gg
->assigned_gotno
> 0);
8398 gg
->assigned_gotno
--;
8401 else if (g
->global_gotno
== 0 && g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
)
8402 /* If we haven't got through GOT allocation yet, just bump up the
8403 number of local entries, as this symbol won't be counted as
8406 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 1)
8408 /* If we're past non-multi-GOT allocation and this symbol had
8409 been marked for a global got entry, give it a local entry
8411 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
8417 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &h
->root
, force_local
);
8423 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
8424 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8427 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
8428 unsigned char *tdata
;
8431 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
8436 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
8438 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
8439 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
8442 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
8446 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8454 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
8455 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8457 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
8459 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
8468 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
8469 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
8475 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
8476 free (cookie
->rels
);
8482 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
8484 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
8490 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, asection
*sec
,
8493 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
8496 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
8499 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
8503 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
8504 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
8506 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
8508 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
8511 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
8514 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
8515 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
8519 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
8520 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
8522 struct mips_elf_find_line
8524 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
8525 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
8529 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
8530 asymbol
**symbols
, bfd_vma offset
,
8531 const char **filename_ptr
,
8532 const char **functionname_ptr
,
8533 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
8537 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
8538 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8542 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
8543 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8544 line_ptr
, ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
8545 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
8548 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
8552 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
8553 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
8554 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
8556 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
8557 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
8558 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
8559 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
8560 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
8561 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8563 fi
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
8566 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
8569 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
8570 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
8572 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8575 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8579 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
8581 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8585 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
8586 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
8587 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8588 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
8590 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8593 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
8594 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
8595 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
8596 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
8597 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
8598 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
8599 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
8601 elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
8603 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
8604 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
8605 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
8606 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
8607 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
8608 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
8611 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
8612 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8615 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8619 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8622 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
8624 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
8625 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8630 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
8631 const char **filename_ptr
,
8632 const char **functionname_ptr
,
8633 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
8636 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
8637 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
8638 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
8643 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
8644 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
8645 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
8648 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
8649 const void *location
,
8650 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
8652 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
8656 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
8658 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
8659 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8660 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
8663 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
8666 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
8669 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
8672 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
8675 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
8679 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
8680 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
8683 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
8685 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
8686 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
8688 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
8691 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
8692 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
8693 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8696 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
8697 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
8703 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
8704 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
8707 /* read in the section */
8708 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
8709 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
8712 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
8716 if (reloc_count
< 0)
8719 if (reloc_count
> 0)
8724 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
8727 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
8728 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
8729 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
8730 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
8731 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
8735 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
8736 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8743 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
8744 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
8745 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
8748 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
8749 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
8751 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
8753 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
8754 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
8756 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
8758 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
8767 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
8769 char *error_message
= NULL
;
8770 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
8772 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
8773 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
8774 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
8776 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
8777 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
8778 to the generic handling. */
8780 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
8781 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
8782 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
8783 input_section
, relocatable
,
8786 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
8788 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
8793 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
8795 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
8796 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
8800 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
8804 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
8805 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
8806 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
8807 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
,
8811 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
8812 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
8813 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
8814 (link_info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
8815 (*parent
)->address
)))
8818 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
8819 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
8821 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
8822 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
8823 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
)))
8826 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
8835 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
8836 free (reloc_vector
);
8840 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
8841 free (reloc_vector
);
8845 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
8847 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
8848 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
8850 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
8851 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
8853 ret
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
8857 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
8858 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
))
8865 /* We no longer use this. */
8866 for (i
= 0; i
< SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
; i
++)
8867 ret
->dynsym_sec_strindex
[i
] = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
8869 ret
->procedure_count
= 0;
8870 ret
->compact_rel_size
= 0;
8871 ret
->use_rld_obj_head
= FALSE
;
8873 ret
->mips16_stubs_seen
= FALSE
;
8875 return &ret
->root
.root
;
8878 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
8879 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
8880 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
8883 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8886 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
8887 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
8888 asection
*rtproc_sec
;
8889 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
8890 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
8891 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8892 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
8893 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
8894 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
8900 static const char * const secname
[] =
8902 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
8903 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
8905 static const int sc
[] =
8907 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
8908 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
8911 /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the
8912 generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us.
8913 Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do
8915 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8919 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
8920 bfd_size_type dynsecsymcount
;
8922 /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what
8923 the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section
8924 symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only
8925 adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that
8926 we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options
8934 for (p
= abfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
8935 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
8936 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
8937 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (abfd
, info
, p
))
8941 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, dynsecsymcount
+ 1))
8944 /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */
8945 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8946 got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8947 g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
;
8949 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
8950 BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
8951 - g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
8952 <= g
->global_gotno
);
8955 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
8956 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
8958 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8960 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8961 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
8962 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
8963 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8964 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
8965 else if (info
->relocatable
)
8967 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
8969 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
8970 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8972 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
8975 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
8976 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (abfd
);
8980 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
8981 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
8982 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
8986 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
8990 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
8991 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
8992 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8994 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
8996 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
8998 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
8999 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
9000 the information together. */
9001 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9003 asection
*input_section
;
9005 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
9008 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9010 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
9015 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9016 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
9018 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
9019 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
9022 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
9024 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
9025 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
9026 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
9027 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
9028 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
9030 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
9031 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
9032 finally written out. */
9034 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
9035 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
9036 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9039 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
9040 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
9042 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
9043 matters, but someday it might). */
9044 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
9049 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
9051 struct extsym_info einfo
;
9054 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
9055 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
9056 the information together. */
9057 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
9058 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
9060 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
9064 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
9065 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
9066 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
9068 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
9071 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
9073 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
9074 debug_info structure. */
9076 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
9077 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
9078 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
9079 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
9080 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
9082 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
9083 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
9084 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
9085 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
9087 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
9088 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
9092 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
9096 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
9097 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
9098 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
9099 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
9101 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
9103 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
9104 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
9107 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
9108 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
9111 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
9112 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
9117 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9119 asection
*input_section
;
9121 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
9122 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
9126 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9128 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
9133 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9134 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
9136 if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
9137 || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
9138 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
) == NULL
)
9140 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
9141 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
9142 want to deal with it. */
9146 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
9147 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
9149 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
9151 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
9152 read in the debugging information and set up an
9153 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
9154 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
9158 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
9159 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
9160 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
9163 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
9164 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
9165 the linker global hash table and save the information
9166 for the output external symbols. */
9167 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
9168 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
9169 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
9170 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
9172 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
9173 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
9177 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9179 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
9180 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
9181 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
9182 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
9185 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
9186 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
9187 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
9188 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
9194 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
9195 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
9201 /* Free up the information we just read. */
9202 free (input_debug
.line
);
9203 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
9204 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
9205 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
9206 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
9207 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
9208 free (input_debug
.ss
);
9209 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
9210 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
9211 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
9212 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
9214 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
9215 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
9216 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9219 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && info
->shared
)
9221 /* Create .rtproc section. */
9222 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
9223 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
9225 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
9226 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
9228 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
,
9231 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
9232 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
9236 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
9242 /* Build the external symbol information. */
9245 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
9247 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
9248 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
9249 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
9253 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
9254 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
9256 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
9257 matters, but someday it might). */
9258 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
9263 if (strncmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
9265 const char *subname
;
9268 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
9271 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
9272 information describing how the small data area would
9273 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
9274 not used in executables files. */
9275 if (! info
->relocatable
)
9277 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9279 asection
*input_section
;
9281 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9283 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
9288 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9290 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
9291 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
9292 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9295 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
9296 currently matters, but someday it might). */
9297 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
9299 /* Really remove the section. */
9300 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
9301 --abfd
->section_count
;
9306 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
9307 uninitialized data. */
9308 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
9310 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
9314 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9315 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
9316 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
9317 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9321 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
9322 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
9323 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
9324 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
9325 case we must change the name of the output section. */
9326 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
9327 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
9329 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
9330 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
9332 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
9333 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
9334 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
9337 /* Set up the first entry. */
9339 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
9340 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
9343 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
9344 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
9346 /* Combine the input sections. */
9347 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9349 asection
*input_section
;
9353 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
9355 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9357 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
9362 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9363 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
9365 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
9366 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
9367 sorted by ascending -G value. */
9368 size
= input_section
->size
;
9370 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
9372 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
9374 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
9375 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
9381 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
9382 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
9383 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
9389 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
9391 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
9392 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
9395 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
9397 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
9398 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
9400 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
9406 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
9409 /* We need a new table entry. */
9410 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
9411 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
9412 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
9418 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
9419 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
9421 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
9422 value, since that will be implied by this new
9425 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
9427 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
9429 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
9430 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
9434 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
9435 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
9440 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
9443 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
9444 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
9445 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9448 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
9450 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
9452 /* Swap out the table. */
9453 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
9454 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
9455 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
9461 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
9462 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
9465 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
9466 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
9468 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
9469 matters, but someday it might). */
9470 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
9474 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
9475 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
9478 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
9480 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
9482 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
9484 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
9485 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
9489 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
9491 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
9492 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
9494 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
9497 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
9500 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
9502 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
9503 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
9504 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
9508 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
9510 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
9511 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
9512 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
9516 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
9518 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
9519 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
9521 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
9522 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
9523 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
9531 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
9533 struct mips_mach_extension
{
9534 unsigned long extension
, base
;
9538 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
9539 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
9541 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] = {
9542 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
9543 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
9544 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
9546 /* MIPS V extensions. */
9547 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
9549 /* R10000 extensions. */
9550 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
9552 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
9553 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
9554 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
9555 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
9556 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
9557 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
9558 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
9560 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
9561 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
9562 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
9563 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
9564 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
9565 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
9567 /* VR4100 extensions. */
9568 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
9569 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
9571 /* MIPS III extensions. */
9572 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9573 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9574 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9575 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9576 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9577 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9578 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9580 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
9581 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
9583 /* MIPS II extensions. */
9584 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
9585 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
9587 /* MIPS I extensions. */
9588 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
9589 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
9593 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
9596 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
9600 for (i
= 0; extension
!= base
&& i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
9601 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
9602 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
9604 return extension
== base
;
9608 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
9611 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
9613 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
9614 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
9615 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
9616 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
9617 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
9618 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
9619 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
);
9623 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
9624 object file when linking. */
9627 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
9632 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
9635 /* Check if we have the same endianess */
9636 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
9638 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9639 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
9644 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
9645 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9648 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
9650 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9651 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
9656 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
9657 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
9658 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
9660 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
9662 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
9663 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
9664 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9665 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
9667 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
9668 && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
)
9670 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
9671 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
9678 /* Check flag compatibility. */
9680 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
9681 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
9683 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
9684 doesn't seem to matter. */
9685 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
9686 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
9688 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
9689 just be able to ignore this. */
9690 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
9691 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
9693 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
9696 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
9697 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
9698 actually cause any incompatibility. */
9699 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
9701 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
9702 which are automatically generated by gas. */
9703 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
9704 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
9706 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
9707 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
9708 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
9710 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
9719 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
9720 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
9722 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9723 (_("%B: warning: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"),
9728 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
9729 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
9730 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
9731 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
9733 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
9734 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
9736 /* Compare the ISAs. */
9737 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
9739 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9740 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
9744 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
9746 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
9747 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
9749 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
9750 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
9751 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
9752 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
9753 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
9754 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
9755 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9757 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
9758 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
9759 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
9760 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
9761 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9762 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9766 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
9767 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9768 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9770 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
9771 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
9776 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9777 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9779 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
9780 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
9781 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
9782 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9783 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
9785 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
9786 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9787 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9788 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
9790 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9791 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9793 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
9794 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
9797 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9798 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9801 /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */
9802 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
9804 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9806 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9807 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9810 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
9811 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
9813 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9814 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
9815 ibfd
, (unsigned long) new_flags
,
9816 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
9822 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9829 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
9832 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
9834 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
9835 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
9837 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
9838 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
9843 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
9847 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
9849 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
9850 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
9852 /* xgettext:c-format */
9853 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
9855 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
9856 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
9857 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
9858 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
9859 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
9860 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
9861 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
9862 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
9863 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9864 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
9865 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
9866 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
9867 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
9868 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
9870 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
9872 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
9873 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips1]"));
9874 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
9875 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips2]"));
9876 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
9877 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips3]"));
9878 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
9879 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips4]"));
9880 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
9881 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips5]"));
9882 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
9883 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32]"));
9884 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
9885 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips64]"));
9886 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
9887 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32r2]"));
9888 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
9889 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips64r2]"));
9891 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
9893 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
9894 fprintf (file
, _(" [mdmx]"));
9896 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
9897 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips16]"));
9899 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
9900 fprintf (file
, _(" [32bitmode]"));
9902 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
9909 static struct bfd_elf_special_section
const
9910 mips_special_sections_l
[]=
9912 { ".lit4", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9913 { ".lit8", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9914 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
9917 static struct bfd_elf_special_section
const
9918 mips_special_sections_m
[]=
9920 { ".mdebug", 7, 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
9921 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
9924 static struct bfd_elf_special_section
const
9925 mips_special_sections_s
[]=
9927 { ".sdata", 6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9928 { ".sbss", 5, -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9931 static struct bfd_elf_special_section
const
9932 mips_special_sections_u
[]=
9934 { ".ucode", 6, 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
9935 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
9938 struct bfd_elf_special_section
const *
9939 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[27] =
9952 mips_special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
9953 mips_special_sections_m
, /* 'm' */
9959 mips_special_sections_s
, /* 'm' */
9961 mips_special_sections_u
, /* 'u' */